blob: d8fcd95f9423a877edb04bafa4e34249f29017b2 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000110
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000114
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
260 make TQM823L_config
261
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
275See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
427 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
428
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
430 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
431 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
432
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
434 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
435 connected to the DSP core.
436
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
438 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
439
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
441 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
442 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
443 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
444
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530445 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
446 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
447 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
448
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800449 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
450 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
451 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
452
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000453- Generic CPU options:
York Sun021d2022014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700454 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
455 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
456 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
457 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
458 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
459
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000460 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
461
462 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
463 values is arch specific.
464
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
466 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
467 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
468 SoCs.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
471 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
474 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
475 deskew training are not available.
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
478 Freescale DDR1 controller.
479
480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
481 Freescale DDR2 controller.
482
483 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
484 Freescale DDR3 controller.
485
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
487 Freescale DDR4 controller.
488
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
490 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
491
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
493 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
494 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
495 implemetation.
496
497 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
498 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
499 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
500 implementation.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
503 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700504 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
505
506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
507 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
508 DDR3L controllers.
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
511 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
512 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700513
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
515 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
516
517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
518 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
519
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530520 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
521 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
522 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
523
524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
525 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
526 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
527 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
528
Prabhakar Kushwaha2c27f122014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530529 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
530 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
531 concatenated with u-boot binary.
532
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800533 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
534 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
537 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
538
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
540 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
541 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
542 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
543
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800544 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
545 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
546 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
547 SoCs with ARM core.
548
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100549- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200550 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100551
552 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
553 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
554 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
555
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200556 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200557
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100558 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
559 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200560 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100561 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200562
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200563- MIPS CPU options:
564 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
565
566 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
567 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
568 relocation.
569
570 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
571
572 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
573 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
574 Possible values are:
575 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
576 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
577 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
578 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
579 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
580 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
581 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
582 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
583
584 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
585
586 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
587 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
588
589 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
590
591 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
592 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
593 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
594
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000595- ARM options:
596 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
597
598 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
599 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
600
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000601 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
602
603 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
604 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
605 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
606 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
607 GCC.
608
Stephen Warrenc63c3502013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000609 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000610 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
611 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
612 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Garg7f17aed2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Garg245defa2014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500614 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000615
616 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
617 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
618 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
619 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
620 set these options unless they apply!
621
Stephen Warren445d56c2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000622- CPU timer options:
623 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
624
625 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
626 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
627 option must be set to 1000.
628
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000629- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000630 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
631
632 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
633 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
634 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
635 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
636 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
637 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
638 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000639 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100640 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000641 default environment.
642
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000643 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
644
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200645 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000646 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
647 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
648
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400649 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200650
651 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400652 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
653 concepts).
654
655 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
656 * New libfdt-based support
657 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500658 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400659
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200660 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
661 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
662 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
663 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200664 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600665 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200666
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200667 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
668 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500669
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600670 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
671
672 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
673 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000674
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500675 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
676
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200677 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500678 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
679
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200680 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
681
682 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
683 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
684 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
685 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
686 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
687 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
688
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000689 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
690
691 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
692 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
693 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
694 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
695 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
696 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
697 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
698
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100699- vxWorks boot parameters:
700
701 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
702 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
703 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
704
705 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
706 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
707 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
708 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
709
710 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
711
712 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
713
714 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
715 the defaults discussed just above.
716
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000717- Cache Configuration:
718 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
719 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
720 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
721
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000722- Cache Configuration for ARM:
723 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
724 controller
725 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
726 controller register space
727
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000728- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200729 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000730
731 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
732
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200733 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000734
735 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
736
737 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
738
739 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
740 the clock speed of the UARTs.
741
742 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
743
744 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
745 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
746 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
747
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000748 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
749
750 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
751 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
752 this variable to initialize the extra register.
753
754 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
755
756 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
757 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
758 variable to flush the UART at init time.
759
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400760 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
761
762 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
763 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000765- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000766 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
767 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
768 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
769 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770
771 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
772 port routines must be defined elsewhere
773 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
774
775 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
776 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000777 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000778 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
779 (default big endian)
780 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
781 rectangle fill
782 (cf. smiLynxEM)
783 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
784 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
785 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
786 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000787 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
788 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
790 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000791 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
793 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
794 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
795 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
796 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
797 (i.e. i8042_getc)
798 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
799 (requires blink timer
800 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200801 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
803 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500804 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000805 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
806 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000807 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
808 linux_logo.h for logo.
809 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200811 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000812 the logo
813
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000814 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
815 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
816 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
817
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000818 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
819 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
820 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000822 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
823 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
824 the "silent" environment variable. See
825 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000826
Heiko Schocher62759562013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200827 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
828 is 0x00.
829 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
830 is 0xa0.
831
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000832- Console Baudrate:
833 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
834 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200835 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
836 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000837
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100838- Console Rx buffer length
839 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
840 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100841 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100842 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
843 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
844 the SMC.
845
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000846- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200847 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
848 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
849 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
850 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
851 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
852 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
853 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200854 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200855 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000856
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200857 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
858 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000859
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000860- Safe printf() functions
861 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
862 the printf() functions. These are defined in
863 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
864 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
865 If this option is not given then these functions will
866 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
867 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
868
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
870 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
871 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000872 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
873 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874
875 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
876 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
877 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
878 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
879 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
880 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
881 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
882 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
883 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
884 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
885 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
886 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
887
888- Autoboot Command:
889 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
890 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
891 define a command string that is automatically executed
892 when no character is read on the console interface
893 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
894
895 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000896 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
897 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
898 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000899
900 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000901 The value of these goes into the environment as
902 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
903 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200904 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000905
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100906- Bootcount:
907 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
908 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
909 cycle, see:
910 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
911
912 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
913 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
914 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
915 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
916 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
917 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
918 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
919 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
920 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
921
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922- Pre-Boot Commands:
923 CONFIG_PREBOOT
924
925 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
926 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
927 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
928 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
929 entering interactive mode.
930
931 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
932 automatically generated or modified. For an example
933 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
934 modified when the user holds down a certain
935 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
936 booting the systems
937
938- Serial Download Echo Mode:
939 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
940 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
941 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
942 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
943 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
944 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
945 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
946
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500947- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
949 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200950 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951
952- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500953 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
954 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000955 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
956 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 and augmenting with additional #define's
958 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000959
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500960 The default command configuration includes all commands
961 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962
Marek Vasutc4d8a1b2014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100963 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500965 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
966 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
967 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
968 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
969 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
970 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simeka0d28022013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800971 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500972 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
975 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
976 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600977 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
978 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
979 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
980 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
982 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500983 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500984 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
985 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600986 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergera2d62b72012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600987 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder94463402013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500989 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000990 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
991 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren3d5a3882014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700992 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
993 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000996 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500997 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
998 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200999 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001000 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001001 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001002 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001003 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001004 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1005 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1006 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1007 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001008 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001009 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001010 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001011 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001012 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1014 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1015 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1016 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001017 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001018 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1019 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001020 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1021 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001022 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001023 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001024 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001026 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001028 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1029 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1030 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001031 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001032 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1033 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001034 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001035 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001036 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001037 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1038 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1039 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1040 host
1041 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001042 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001043 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1044 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001045 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1048 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1049 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1050 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1051 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001052 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001053 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001054 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liua671b702013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001055 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001056 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001057 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001058 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001059 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001060 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1061 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001062 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001064 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001065 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak2eb40ee2014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001066 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067
1068 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1069 support you can write:
1070
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1072 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001074 Other Commands:
1075 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076
1077 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001078 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001079 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1080 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1081 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1082 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1083 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1084 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085
1086
1087 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1088
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001089- Regular expression support:
1090 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1092 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1093 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1094 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001095
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001096- Device tree:
1097 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1098 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1099 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1100 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1101 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1102 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1103
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001104 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1105 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001106
1107 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1108 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1109 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1110 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1111 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1112 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001113
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001114 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1115 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1116 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1117 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1118
1119 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1120
1121 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1122 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1123 still use the individual files if you need something more
1124 exotic.
1125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001126- Watchdog:
1127 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1128 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001129 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1130 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1131 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1132 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1133 available, then no further board specific code should
1134 be needed to use it.
1135
1136 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1137 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1138 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1139 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001140
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001141- U-Boot Version:
1142 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1143 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1144 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1145 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001146 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1147 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001148
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001149- Real-Time Clock:
1150
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001151 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1153 following options:
1154
1155 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1156 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001157 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001159 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001160 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001161 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001162 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001163 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001164 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001165 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001166 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1167 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001168
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001169 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1170 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1171
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001172- GPIO Support:
1173 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001174
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001175 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1176 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1177 pins supported by a particular chip.
1178
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001179 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1180 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1181
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001182- Timestamp Support:
1183
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001184 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1185 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1186 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001187 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001188
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001189- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1190 Zero or more of the following:
1191 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1192 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1193 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1194 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1195 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1196 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1197 disk/part_efi.c
1198 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001199
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001200 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1201 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001202 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203
1204- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001205 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1206 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001207
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001208 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1209 be performed by calling the function
1210 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1211 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001212
1213- ATAPI Support:
1214 CONFIG_ATAPI
1215
1216 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1217
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001218- LBA48 Support
1219 CONFIG_LBA48
1220
1221 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001222 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001223 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1224 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001226 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001227 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1228 Default is 32bit.
1229
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001230- SCSI Support:
1231 At the moment only there is only support for the
1232 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1233 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001235 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1236 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1237 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001238 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1239 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001240 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001241
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001242 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1243 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001245- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001246 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001247 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1248
1249 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1250 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1251 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1252 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1253
1254 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1255 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1256 example with the "sspi" command.
1257
1258 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1259 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1260 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001261
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001262 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001263 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001264
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001265 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1266 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001267 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001268 write routine for first time initialisation.
1269
1270 CONFIG_TULIP
1271 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1272 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1273 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1274
1275 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1276 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1277
1278 CONFIG_NS8382X
1279 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1280
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001281- NETWORK Support (other):
1282
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001283 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1284 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1285
1286 CONFIG_RMII
1287 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1288
1289 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1290 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1291 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1292
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001293 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1294 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1295
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001296 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001297 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1298
1299 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1300 Define this to hold the physical address
1301 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1302
1303 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1304 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1305
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001306 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001307 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1308
1309 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1310 Define this to hold the physical address
1311 of the device (I/O space)
1312
1313 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1314 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1315
1316 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1317 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1318 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1319
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001320 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1321 Support for davinci emac
1322
1323 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1324 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1325
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001326 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1327 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1328
1329 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1330 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1331 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1332 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1333 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1334 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1335 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1336 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1337
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001338 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001339 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1340
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001341 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001342 Define this to hold the physical address
1343 of the device (I/O space)
1344
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001345 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001346 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1347
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001348 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001349 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1350 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001351 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001352
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001353 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1354 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1355
1356 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1357 Define the number of ports to be used
1358
1359 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1360 Define the ETH PHY's address
1361
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001362 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1363 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1364
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001365- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001366 CONFIG_TPM
1367 Support TPM devices.
1368
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001369 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1370 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1371 per system is supported at this time.
1372
1373 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1374 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1375
1376 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1377 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1378
1379 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1380 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1381
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001382 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1383 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1384
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001385 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001386 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1387 per system is supported at this time.
1388
1389 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1390 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1391 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1392 0xfed40000.
1393
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001394 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1395 Add tpm monitor functions.
1396 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1397 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1398
1399 CONFIG_TPM
1400 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1401 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1402 Requires support for a TPM device.
1403
1404 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1405 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1406 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1407
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001408- USB Support:
1409 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001410 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001411 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1412 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001413 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001414 storage devices.
1415 Note:
1416 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1417 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001418 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1419 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1420 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001421 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1422 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001423 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1424 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1425 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001426 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1427 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001428 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001429 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1430 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001431
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001432 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1433 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1434
Kuo-Jung Su4e5923f2013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001435 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1436 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1437
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001438- USB Device:
1439 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1440 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1441 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001442 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001443 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1444 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001445 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001446 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1447 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1448 a Linux host by
1449 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1450 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1451 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1452 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001453
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001454 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1455 Define this to build a UDC device
1456
1457 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1458 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1459 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001460
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301461 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1462 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1463 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1464 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1465 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1466 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1467 speed.
1468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001469 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001470 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1471 be set to usbtty.
1472
1473 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001474 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001475 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001476 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001478 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001479 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001480 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001481
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001482 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001483 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001484 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001485 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1486 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1487 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1488
1489 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1490 Define this string as the name of your company for
1491 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001492
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001493 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1494 Define this string as the name of your product
1495 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001496
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001497 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1498 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1499 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1500 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1501 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001502
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001503 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1504 Define this as the unique Product ID
1505 for your device
1506 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001507
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001508- ULPI Layer Support:
1509 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1510 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1511 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1512 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1513 viewport is supported.
1514 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1515 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001516 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1517 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1518 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001519
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001520- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001521 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1522 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1523 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001524 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001525 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1526 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001527
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001528 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1529 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1530
1531 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1532 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1533
1534 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1535 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1536
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001537- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1538 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1539 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1540
1541 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1542 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1543 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1544 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1545 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1546
1547 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1548 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1549
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001550 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1551 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1552
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301553 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1554 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1555 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1556 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1557 one that would help mostly the developer.
1558
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001559 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1560 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1561 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1562 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1563 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1564
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001565 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1566 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1567 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1568 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1569 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1570 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1571
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001572 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1573 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1574 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1575 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1576
1577 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1578 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1579 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1580 sending again an USB request to the device.
1581
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001582- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1583 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1584 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1585 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1586 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1587 used on Android devices.
1588 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1589
1590 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1591 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1592 image format header.
1593
1594 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1595 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1596 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1597 downloaded images.
1598
1599 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1600 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1601 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1602 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1603
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001604- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1605 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1606 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1607 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001609 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1610 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001611 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1612
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001613 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001614 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1615 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1616
1617 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001618 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001619 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1620 have not defined a custom partition
1621
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001622- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1623 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001624
1625 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1626 file in FAT formatted partition.
1627
1628 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1629 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001630
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001631CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1632 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1633
1634 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1635 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1636 and cbfsload.
1637
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001638- Keyboard Support:
1639 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1640
1641 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1642 support
1643
1644 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1645 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1646 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1647 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1648 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1649
Hung-ying Tyan4a48bcf2013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001650 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1651 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1652 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1653 which provides key scans on request.
1654
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001655- Video support:
1656 CONFIG_VIDEO
1657
1658 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1659 video).
1660
1661 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1662
1663 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1664
1665 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001666 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001667 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1668 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1669 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001670
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001671 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001672 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001673 are possible:
1674 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001675 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001676
1677 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1678 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1679 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1680 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1681 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1682 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1683 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001684 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1685
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001686 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001687 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001688
1689
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001690 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001691 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001692 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1693 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1694
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001695 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001696 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001697 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1698 support, and should also define these other macros:
1699
1700 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1701 CONFIG_VIDEO
1702 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1703 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1704 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1705 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1706 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1707 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1708
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001709 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1710 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1711 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1712 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001713
Simon Glass54df8ce2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001714 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1715
1716 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1717 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1718 driver.
1719
1720
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001721- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001722 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001723
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001724 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1725 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1726 defined in your board-specific files.
1727 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001728
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001729- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1730
1731 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1732 display); also select one of the supported displays
1733 by defining one of these:
1734
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001735 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1736
1737 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1738
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001739 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001740
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001741 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001742
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001743 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1744
1745 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1746 Active, color, single scan.
1747
1748 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001749
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001750 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001751 Active, color, single scan.
1752
1753 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1754
1755 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1756 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1757
1758 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1759
1760 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1761 Active, color, single scan.
1762
1763 CONFIG_HLD1045
1764
1765 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1766 Active, color, single scan.
1767
1768 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1769
1770 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1771 or
1772 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1773 or
1774 Hitachi SP14Q002
1775
1776 320x240. Black & white.
1777
1778 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001779 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001780
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001781 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1782
1783 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1784 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1785 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1786 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1787 a per-section basis.
1788
Simon Glassaf3e2802012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001789 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1790
1791 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1792 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1793 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1794 is slow.
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001795
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001796 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1797
1798 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1799
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001800 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1801
1802 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1803 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1804
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001805- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001806
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001807 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1808 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1809 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001810 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001811 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1812 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1813 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1814 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001815
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001816 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1817
1818 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1819 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini958a8f82014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001820 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001821 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1822 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1823 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1824 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1825 there is no need to set this option.
1826
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001827 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1828
1829 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1830 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1831 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1832 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1833 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1834 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1835
1836 Example:
1837 setenv splashpos m,m
1838 => image at center of screen
1839
1840 setenv splashpos 30,20
1841 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1842
1843 setenv splashpos -10,m
1844 => vertically centered image
1845 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1846
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001847- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1848
1849 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1850 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1851 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1852
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001853- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1854
1855 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1856 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1857 bmp command.
1858
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001859- Do compresssing for memory range:
1860 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1861
1862 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1863 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1864
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001865- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001866 CONFIG_GZIP
1867
1868 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1869
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001870 CONFIG_BZIP2
1871
1872 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1873 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1874 compressed images are supported.
1875
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001876 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001877 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001878 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001879
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001880 CONFIG_LZMA
1881
1882 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1883 images is included.
1884
1885 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1886 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1887 formula:
1888
1889 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1890
1891 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1892 and Literal pos bits.
1893
1894 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1895 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1896 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1897 a very small buffer.
1898
1899 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1900 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001901 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001902
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001903 CONFIG_LZO
1904
1905 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1906 is included.
1907
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001908- MII/PHY support:
1909 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1910
1911 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1912
1913 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1914
1915 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1916
1917 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1918
1919 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001920 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001921
1922 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1923
1924 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1925 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1926 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1927 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1928
1929 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1930
1931 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1932 command issued before MII status register can be read
1933
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001934- Ethernet address:
1935 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001936 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001937 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1938 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001939 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1940 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001941
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001942 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1943 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001944 is not determined automatically.
1945
1946- IP address:
1947 CONFIG_IPADDR
1948
1949 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001950 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001951 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001952 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001953
1954- Server IP address:
1955 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1956
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001957 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001958 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001959 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001960
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001961 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1962
1963 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1964 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1965
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001966- Gateway IP address:
1967 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1968
1969 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1970 default router where packets to other networks are
1971 sent to.
1972 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1973
1974- Subnet mask:
1975 CONFIG_NETMASK
1976
1977 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1978 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1979 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1980 forwarded through a router.
1981 (Environment variable "netmask")
1982
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001983- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1984 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1985
1986 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1987 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001988 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001989 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1990 multicast group.
1991
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001992- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1993 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1994
1995 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1996 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1997 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1998 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1999 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2000 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2001 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2002 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002003 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004
2005 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2006 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2007 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2008 4th and following
2009 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2010
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002011- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002012 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2013 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002014
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002015 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2016 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2017 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2018 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2019 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2020 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2021 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2022 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2023 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2024 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2025 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2026 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002027 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002028
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002029 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2030 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002031
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002032 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2033 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2034 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2035 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2036 is not available.
2037
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002038 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2039 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2040 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2041 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2042 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2043 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2044 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002045 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002046
2047 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2048 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2049 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002050 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002051 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2052 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002053
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002054 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2055
2056 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2057 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2058 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2059 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2060 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2061 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2062 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2063 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2064 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2065 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2066 this delay.
2067
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002068 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2069 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2070 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2071 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2072 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2073
2074 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2075
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002076 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002077 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002078
2079 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2080
2081 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2082
2083 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2084 of the device.
2085
2086 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2087
2088 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2089 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002090 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002091
2092 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2093
2094 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2095 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2096
2097 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2098
2099 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2100
2101 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2102
2103 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2104
2105 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2106
2107 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2108
2109 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2110
2111 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2112 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2113
2114 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2115
2116 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2117
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2119
2120 Several configurations allow to display the current
2121 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2122 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2123 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2124 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2125 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2126 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2127 feature in U-Boot.
2128
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002129 Additional options:
2130
2131 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2132 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2133 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2134 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2135 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2136
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002137 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2138 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2139 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2140 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2141 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2142 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2143
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002144- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2145
2146 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2147 on those systems that support this (optional)
2148 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2149
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002150- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002151
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002152 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2153 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2154 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2155 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2156 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2157 interface.
2158
2159 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002160 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2161 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2162 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2163 for defining speed and slave address
2164 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2165 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2166 for defining speed and slave address
2167 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2168 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2169 for defining speed and slave address
2170 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2171 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2172 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002173
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002174 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2175 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2176 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2177 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2178 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2179 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002180 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002181 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2182 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2183 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2184 second bus.
2185
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002186 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002187 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2188 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2189 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002190
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002191 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2192 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2193 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2194 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2195
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002196 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2197 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2198 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2199 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2200 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2201 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2202 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2203 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2204 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2205 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2206
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002207 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2208 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2209 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2210
2211 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2212 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2213 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2214 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2215 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2216 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2217 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2218 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2219 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2220
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002221 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2222 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2223 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2224
2225 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2226 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2227 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2228 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2229 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2230 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2231 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2232 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2233 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2234 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2235 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2236 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2237 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2238
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002239 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2240 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2241 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2242 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2243 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2244 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2245 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2246 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2247 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2248 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2249 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2250 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2251
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002252 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2253 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2254 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2255 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2256
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302257 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2258 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2259 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2260 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2261 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2262
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002263 additional defines:
2264
2265 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2266 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2267 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2268 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2269 omit this define.
2270
2271 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2272 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2273 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2274 omit this define.
2275
2276 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2277 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2278 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2279 define.
2280
2281 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2282 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2283 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2284 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2285 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2286
2287 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2288 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2289 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2290 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2291 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2292 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2293 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2294 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2295 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2296 }
2297
2298 which defines
2299 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002300 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2301 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2302 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2303 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2304 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002305 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002306 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2307 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002308
2309 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2310
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002311- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002312
2313 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2314 provides the following compelling advantages:
2315
2316 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2317 - approved multibus support
2318 - better i2c mux support
2319
2320 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002321
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002322 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2323 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2324 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002325
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002326 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002327 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002328 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2329 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002330 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002331
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002332 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002333
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002334 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002335 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002337 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002338 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002339 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002340 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002341
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002342 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002343 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002344 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2345 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2346 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002348 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2349
2350 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2351 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2352 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2353 commands until the slave device responds.
2354
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002355 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002356
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002357 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002358 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2359 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002360
2361 I2C_INIT
2362
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002363 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002364 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002366 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002367
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002368 I2C_PORT
2369
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002370 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2371 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2372 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002373
2374 I2C_ACTIVE
2375
2376 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2377 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2378 define can be null.
2379
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002380 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2381
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002382 I2C_TRISTATE
2383
2384 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2385 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2386 define can be null.
2387
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002388 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2389
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002390 I2C_READ
2391
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002392 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2393 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002394
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002395 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2396
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002397 I2C_SDA(bit)
2398
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002399 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2400 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002401
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002402 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002403 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002404 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002405
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002406 I2C_SCL(bit)
2407
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002408 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2409 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002410
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002411 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002412 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002413 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002414
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002415 I2C_DELAY
2416
2417 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2418 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002419 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002420 like:
2421
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002422 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002423
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002424 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2425
2426 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2427 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2428 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2429 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2430
2431 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2432 the generic GPIO functions.
2433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002434 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002435
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002436 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2437 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2438 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2439 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2440 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2441 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2442 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2443 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002444
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002445 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2446
2447 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2448 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2449 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2450 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2451 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2452 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2453 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2454 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2455
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002456 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2457
2458 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2459 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2460 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2461
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002462 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2463
2464 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002465 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2466 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002467 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002469 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002470
2471 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002472 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002473 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2474 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002475
2476 e.g.
2477 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002478 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002479
2480 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2481
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002482 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002483 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002484
2485 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002487 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002488
2489 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2490 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2491
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002492 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002493
2494 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2495 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002497 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002498
2499 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2500 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002502 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002503
2504 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2505 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2506 specified DTT device.
2507
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002508 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2509
2510 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2511 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2512 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2513 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2514 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2515 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2516 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002517
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002518- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2519
2520 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2521 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2522 D/As on the SACSng board)
2523
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002524 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2525
2526 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2527 only SH7757 is supported.
2528
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002529 CONFIG_SPI_X
2530
2531 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2532 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2533
2534 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2535
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002536 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2537 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2538 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2539 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2540 defined, the board configuration must define several
2541 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2542 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002544 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2545
2546 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2547 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2548 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002549 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002550 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2551
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002552 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2553
2554 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002555 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002556
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002557- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002559 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2560
2561 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2562
2563 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2564 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002565
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002566 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002567
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002568 Enables support for FPGA family.
2569 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2570
2571 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2572
2573 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002575 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002576
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002577 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002579 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002580
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002581 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2582 status by the configuration function. This option
2583 will require a board or device specific function to
2584 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585
2586 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2587
2588 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2589 configuration driver.
2590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002591 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002592 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2593
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002594 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002595
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002596 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2597 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2598 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2599 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002600
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002601 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002602
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002603 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2604 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2605 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002606 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002608 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002609
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002610 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002611 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002612
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002613 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002614
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002615 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002616 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002617
2618- Configuration Management:
2619 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2620
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002621 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2622 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002623
2624- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2625
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002626 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2627 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002628 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002629 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2630 protects these variables from casual modification by
2631 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2632 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002633 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002634
2635 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2636 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002637 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638 these parameters.
2639
2640 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2641 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002642 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002643 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2644 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2645 read-only.]
2646
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002647 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2648 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2649 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2650 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2651
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002652- Protected RAM:
2653 CONFIG_PRAM
2654
2655 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2656 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2657 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2658 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2659 this default value by defining an environment
2660 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2661 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2662 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2663 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2664 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2665 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2666 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2667
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002668 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002669 saveenv
2670
2671 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2672 either, which results in a memory region that will
2673 not be affected by reboots.
2674
2675 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2676 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2677 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2678 following board configurations are known to be
2679 "pRAM-clean":
2680
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002681 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2682 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002683 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002684
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002685- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2686 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2687 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2688 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2689 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2690 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2691 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2692
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002693- Error Recovery:
2694 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2695
2696 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2697 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2698 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002699 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002700 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2701 useful during development since you can try to debug
2702 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2703
2704 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2705
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002706 This variable defines the number of retries for
2707 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2708 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2709 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002710
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002711 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2712
2713 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2714
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002715 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2716
2717 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2718 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2719 try longer timeout such as
2720 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2721
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002722- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002723 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002724
2725 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2726
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002727 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2728 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002729
2730
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002731 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002732
2733 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2734 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2735 powerful command line syntax like
2736 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2737 constructs ("shell scripts").
2738
2739 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2740 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2741
2742
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002743 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002744
2745 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2746 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2747 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2748
2749 Note:
2750
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002751 In the current implementation, the local variables
2752 space and global environment variables space are
2753 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2754 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2755 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2756 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2757 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002758
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002759 Global environment variables are those you use
2760 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2761 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2762 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763
2764 To store commands and special characters in a
2765 variable, please use double quotation marks
2766 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2767 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2768 symbols.
2769
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002770- Commandline Editing and History:
2771 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2772
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002773 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002774 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002775
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002776- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002777 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2778
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002779 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2780 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002781 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002782
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002783 For example, place something like this in your
2784 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002785
2786 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2787 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2788 "myvar2=value2\0"
2789
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002790 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2791 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2792 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2793 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002794 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795 You better know what you are doing here.
2796
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002797 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2798 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002799 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002800 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002801
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002802 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2803
2804 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2805 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2806 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2807
2808 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2809
2810 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2811 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2812 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2813 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2814 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2815
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002816 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2817
2818 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2819 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2820 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2821
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002822 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2823
2824 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2825 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2826 that so that the environment is not available until
2827 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2828 this is instead controlled by the value of
2829 /config/load-environment.
2830
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002831- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002832 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2833
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002834 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2835 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2836 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002837
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002838- Serial Flash support
2839 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2840
2841 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2842 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2843
2844 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2845 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2846 commands.
2847
2848 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2849 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2850 flash is present on the system.
2851
2852 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2853 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2854 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2855 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2856
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002857 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2858
2859 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2860 test ('sf test').
2861
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekic6d173d2013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302862 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2863
2864 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2865 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2866
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302867 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2868
2869 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2870 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2871 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2872
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002873- SystemACE Support:
2874 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2875
2876 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2877 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002878 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002879 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002880
2881 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002882 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002883
2884 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2885 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2886
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002887- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2888 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2889
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002890 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002891 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002892 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002893 number generator is used.
2894
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002895 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2896 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2897 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2898
2899 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002900 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2901 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2902 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2903 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2904 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2905 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2906
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002907- Hashing support:
2908 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2909
2910 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2911 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2912
2913 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2914
2915 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2916 size a little.
2917
2918 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2919 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2920
2921 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2922 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2923
Robert Winkler765ccf42013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002924- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2925 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2926 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2927 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2928
2929 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2930 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2931 a boot from specific media.
2932
2933 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2934 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2935 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2936 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2937 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2938
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002939- Signing support:
2940 CONFIG_RSA
2941
2942 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel49dc73b2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002943 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002944
2945 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2946 option.
2947
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002948- bootcount support:
2949 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2950
2951 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2952 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2953
2954 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2955 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2956 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2957 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2958 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2959 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2960 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2961 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2962 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2963 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2964 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2965 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2966 the bootcounter.
2967 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002968
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002969- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002970 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2971
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002972 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2973 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2974 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2975 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2976 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2977 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002978
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002979- Detailed boot stage timing
2980 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2981 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2982 of the boot process.
2983
2984 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2985 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2986 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2987 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2988 the limit, recording will stop.
2989
2990 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2991 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2992
2993 Timer summary in microseconds:
2994 Mark Elapsed Stage
2995 0 0 reset
2996 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2997 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2998 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2999 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3000 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3001 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3002 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3003
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003004 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3005 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3006 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3007
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003008 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3009 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3010 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3011 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3012 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3013 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3014 For example:
3015
3016 bootstage {
3017 154 {
3018 name = "board_init_f";
3019 mark = <3575678>;
3020 };
3021 170 {
3022 name = "lcd";
3023 accum = <33482>;
3024 };
3025 };
3026
3027 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3028
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003029Legacy uImage format:
3030
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003031 Arg Where When
3032 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003033 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003034 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003035 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003036 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003037 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003038 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3039 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3040 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003041 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003042 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3043 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3044 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3045 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003046 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003047 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003048
3049 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3050 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3051 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3052 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3053 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3054 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3055 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003056 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003057 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3058 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3059
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003060 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003061
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003062 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003063 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3064 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003065
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003066 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3067 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3068 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3069 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3070 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3071 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3072 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3073 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3074 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3075 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3076 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3077 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3078 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3079 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3080 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3081 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3082 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3083 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3084 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3085 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3086 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3087 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3088 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3089 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3090 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3091 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3092 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3093 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3094 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3095 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3096 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3097 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3098 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3099 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3100 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3101 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3102 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3103 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3104 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3105 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3106 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3107 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3108 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3109 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3110 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3111 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3112 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003113
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003114 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003115
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003116 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003117 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3118 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003119
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003120 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3121 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003122 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003123 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3124 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3125 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003126 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3127 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003128 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003129
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003130FIT uImage format:
3131
3132 Arg Where When
3133 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3134 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3135 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3136 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3137 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3138 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003139 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003140 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3141 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3142 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3143 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3144 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003145 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3146 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003147 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3148 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3149 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3150 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3151 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3152 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3153 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3154 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3155
3156 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3157 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3158 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003159 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003160 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3161 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3162 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3163 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3164 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3165 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3166 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3167 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3168 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3169 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3170 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3171 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3172
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003173 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003174 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3175
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003176 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003177 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3178
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003179 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003180 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3181
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003182- FIT image support:
3183 CONFIG_FIT
3184 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3185
3186 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3187 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3188 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3189 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3190 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3191 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3192
Simon Glass58fe7e52013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003193 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3194 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3195 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3196 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3197
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003198- Standalone program support:
3199 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3200
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003201 This option defines a board specific value for the
3202 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3203 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003204 settings.
3205
3206- Frame Buffer Address:
3207 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3208
3209 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003210 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3211 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3212 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3213 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3214 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3215 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3216 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003217
3218 Please see board_init_f function.
3219
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003220- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3221 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3222 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3223 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3224
3225 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3226 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3227
3228- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3229 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3230
3231 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3232 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3233
3234 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3235
3236 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3237 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3238
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003239- UBI support
3240 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3241
3242 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3243 with the UBI flash translation layer
3244
3245 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3246
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003247 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3248
3249 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3250 warnings and errors enabled.
3251
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003252- UBIFS support
3253 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3254
3255 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3256 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3257
3258 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3259
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003260 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3261
3262 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3263 warnings and errors enabled.
3264
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003265- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003266 CONFIG_SPL
3267 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003268
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003269 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3270 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3271
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003272 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3273 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3274 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3275 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003276 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003277 must not be both defined at the same time.
3278
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003279 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003280 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3281 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3282 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3283 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003284
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003285 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3286 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003287
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003288 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3289 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3290 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3291
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003292 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3293 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3294
3295 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003296 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3297 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3298 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003299 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003300 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003301
3302 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3303 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3304
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003305 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3306 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3307 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3308 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3309
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003310 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3311 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3312
3313 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3314 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003315
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003316 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3317 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3318 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3319 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3320
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003321 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3322 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3323 See also: doc/README.falcon
3324
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003325 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3326 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3327 about the running system.
3328
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003329 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3330 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3331
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003332 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3333 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003334
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003335 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3336 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003337
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003338 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3339 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003340
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003341 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3342 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003343
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003344 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3345 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003346
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003347 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3348 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3349 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3350 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3351 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3352
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003353 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3354 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3355 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3356
3357 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3358 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3359 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3360 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3361 (for falcon mode)
3362
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003363 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3364 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3365
3366 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3367 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3368
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003369 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3370 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3371 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3372
3373 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3374 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3375 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3376
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003377 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3378 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3379 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3380 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3381 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3382
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303383 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3384 Avoid SPL relocation
3385
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003386 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3387 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3388 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3389
3390 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3391 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3392
3393 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3394 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3395
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003396 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003397 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3398 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003399
Tom Rini543c9f12014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003400 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3401 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3402 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3403
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003404 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3405 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003406 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003407
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003408 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3409 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3410 SPL binary.
3411
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003412 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3413 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3414 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3415 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3416 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3417 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003418 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003419
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303420 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3421 Add support NAND boot
3422
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003423 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003424 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3425
3426 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3427 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3428
3429 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3430 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003431
3432 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003433 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003434
3435 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3436 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3437 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3438
3439 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3440 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3441 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3442
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003443 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3444 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003445
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003446 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3447 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003448
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003449 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3450 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003451
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003452 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3453 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3454
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003455 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3456 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003457
Ying Zhang602f7d32013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003458 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3459 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3460
3461 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3462 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3463 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3464 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3465
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003466 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003467 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3468 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3469 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3470 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3471 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003472
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003473 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3474 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3475 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3476 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3477
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003478 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3479 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3480 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3481 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3482 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3483
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003484- TPL framework
3485 CONFIG_TPL
3486 Enable building of TPL globally.
3487
3488 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3489 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3490 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003491 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3492 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3493 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003494
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003495Modem Support:
3496--------------
3497
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003498[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003500- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003501 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3502
3503- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3504 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3505
3506- Modem debug support:
3507 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3508
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003509 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3510 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003512- Interrupt support (PPC):
3513
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003514 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3515 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003516 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003517 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003518 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003519 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003520 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003521 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3522 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3523 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003525- General:
3526
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003527 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3528 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3529 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003530 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003531 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3532 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3533 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003534
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003535 If there are no modem init strings in the
3536 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3537 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003538 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539
3540 See also: doc/README.Modem
3541
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003542Board initialization settings:
3543------------------------------
3544
3545During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3546to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3547before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3548following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3549architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3550typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3551
3552- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3553- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3554- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3555- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003557Configuration Settings:
3558-----------------------
3559
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003560- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3561 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003563- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003564 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3565
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003566- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3567 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003569- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570 prompt for user input.
3571
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003572- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003574- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003576- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003578- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3580 booted
3581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003582- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003583 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003585- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003586 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003588- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003589 If the board specific function
3590 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3591 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003592 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3593
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003594- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003595 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003597- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003598 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003600- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003601 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3602 simple memory test.
3603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003604- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003605 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003607- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003608 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3609 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3610
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003611- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3612 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003613 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003614 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003615 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3616 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3617 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003618 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003619 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003620 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003621
3622 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3623 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3624 be touched.
3625
3626 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3627 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3628 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3629 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3630 problems.
3631
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003632- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003633 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003635- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003636 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003638- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003639 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3640 Cogent motherboard)
3641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003642- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3644
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003645- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003646 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3647 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003648 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003649 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003651- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003652 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3653 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3654 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3655 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003657- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3659
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003660- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003661 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3662 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003663 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003664 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003666- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3668 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003669 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3670 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003671 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003672 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003673 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003674 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3675 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3676 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003677
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003678- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3679 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3680 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3681 is enabled.
3682
3683- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3684 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3685 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3686
3687- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3688 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3689 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003691- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692 Max number of Flash memory banks
3693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003694- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003695 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003697- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003698 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003700- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003701 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003703- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003704 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003706- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003707 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3708
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003709- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003710 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3711 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3712
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003713- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003714
3715 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3716 without this option such a download has to be
3717 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3718 copy from RAM to flash.
3719
3720 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3721 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003722 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3723 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003726- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003727 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003728 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003730- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003731 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3732 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003734- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3735 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3736 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3737 to the MTD layer.
3738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003739- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003740 Use buffered writes to flash.
3741
3742- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3743 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3744 write commands.
3745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003746- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003747 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3748 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3749 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3750 optionally available.
3751
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003752- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3753 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3754 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3755 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3756
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003757- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3758 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3759 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3760 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3761 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3762 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3763 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3764 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003766- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003767 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3768 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003769 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3770 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003771 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003772 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3773
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003774- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3775
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003776 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3777 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3778 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3779 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3780 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003781
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003782- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3783- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003784 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003785 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3786 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3787 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3788
3789 The format of the list is:
3790 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003791 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3792 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003793 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3794 list = entry[,list]
3795
3796 The type attributes are:
3797 s - String (default)
3798 d - Decimal
3799 x - Hexadecimal
3800 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3801 i - IP address
3802 m - MAC address
3803
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003804 The access attributes are:
3805 a - Any (default)
3806 r - Read-only
3807 o - Write-once
3808 c - Change-default
3809
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003810 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3811 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3812 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3813
3814 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3815 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3816 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3817 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3818 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3819 ".flags" variable.
3820
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003821- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3822 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3823 access flags.
3824
Simon Glass66828322013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003825- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3826 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3827 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3828 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3829 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3830 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3831 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3832 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3833 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3834
Lokesh Vutla100c2d82013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003835- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3836 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3837 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3838 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003839
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003840The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3841of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3842following configurations:
3843
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003844- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3845
3846 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3847 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003849- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
3851 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3852
3853 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3854 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3855 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3856 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3857 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3858 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3859 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3860 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3861 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3862 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3863 between U-Boot and the environment.
3864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003865 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003866
3867 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3868 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3869 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3870 for this sector is given here.
3871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003872 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003874 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875
3876 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3877 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003878 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003879
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003880 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003881
3882 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3883
3884
3885 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3886 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3887 the environment.
3888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003889 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003891 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003892 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3894 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3895
3896 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3897 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3898 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3899 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3900 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3901 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3902 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3903 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3904 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003906 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3907 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003909 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003910 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003911 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003912 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
3914BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3915source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3916accordingly!
3917
3918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003919- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920
3921 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3922 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3923 environment.
3924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003925 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3926 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003928 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3930 can just be read and written to, without any special
3931 provision.
3932
3933BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3934in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003935console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003936U-Boot will hang.
3937
3938Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3939environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3940keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3941to save the current settings.
3942
3943
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003944- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003945
3946 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3947 device and a driver for it.
3948
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003949 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3950 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951
3952 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3953 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3954
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003955 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003956 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3957 The default address is zero.
3958
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003959 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003960 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3961 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3962 would require six bits.
3963
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003964 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003965 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003966 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003968 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3970 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003972 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003973 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3974 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3975 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3976 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3977 byte chips.
3978
3979 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3980 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3981 in the chip address.
3982
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003983 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003984 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3985
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003986 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3987 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3988 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3989
3990 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3991 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3992 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3993 EEPROM. For example:
3994
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003995 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003996
3997 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3998 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004000- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004001
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004002 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004003 want to use for the environment.
4004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004005 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4006 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4007 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004008
4009 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4010 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4011 at the specified address.
4012
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004013- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4014
4015 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4016 want to use for the local device's environment.
4017
4018 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4019 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4020
4021 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4022 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4023 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004024 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004025
4026BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4027"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004028environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4029but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004031- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004032
4033 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4034 for the environment.
4035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004036 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4037 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004038
4039 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004040 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4041 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004042
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004043 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004044
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004045 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004046 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4047 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004048 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004049 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4050
4051 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4052
4053 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4054 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4055 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4056 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4057 the range to be avoided.
4058
4059 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004060
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004061 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4062 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4063 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4064 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4065 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004066
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004067- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4068
4069 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4070 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4071 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4072
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004073- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4074
4075 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4076 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4077 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4078
4079 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4080
4081 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4082
4083 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4084
4085 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4086 environment in.
4087
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004088 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4089
4090 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4091 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4092 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4093
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004094 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4095 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4096
4097 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4098 when storing the env in UBI.
4099
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004100- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4101
4102 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4103 environment.
4104
4105 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4106
4107 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4108
4109 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4110
4111 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4112 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4113 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4114
4115 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4116 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4117
4118 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4119 area within the specified MMC device.
4120
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004121 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4122 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4123 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4124 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4125 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4126 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4127 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4128
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004129 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4130 MMC sector boundary.
4131
4132 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4133
4134 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4135 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4136 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4137 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4138
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004139 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4140 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4141
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004142 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4143 an MMC sector boundary.
4144
4145 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4146
4147 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4148 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4149 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004151- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152
4153 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4154 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4155 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4156 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4157 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4158 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4159 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4160
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004161Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004163created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164until then to read environment variables.
4165
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004166The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4167is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4168with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4169necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4170"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4171have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
4173Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4174the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004175use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004177- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004178 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004179
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004180 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004181 also needs to be defined.
4182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004183- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004184 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004186- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4187 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4188 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4189 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4190 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4191 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4192
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004193- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4194 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4195 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4196 to do this.
4197
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004198- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4199 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4200 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4201 present.
4202
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004204---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004206- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004207 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004209- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004211
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004212 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4213 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4214 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004216- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4217 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4218 PowerPC SOCs.
4219
4220- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4221 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4222 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4223
4224 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4225 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4226
4227- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4228 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4229 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004230 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004231 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4232 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4233 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4234
4235 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4236 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4237
4238- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004239 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4240 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004241 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4242 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4243
4244- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4245 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4246 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4247 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4248
4249- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4250 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4251 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4252
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004253- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004254 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004255
4256 the default drive number (default value 0)
4257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004258 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004259
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004260 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004261 (default value 1)
4262
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004263 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004264
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004265 defines the offset of register from address. It
4266 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004267 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004269 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4270 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004271 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004272
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004273 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004274 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4275 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4276 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4277 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004278
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004279- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4280 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4281 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4282 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4283 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4284 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4285 is requierd.
4286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004288 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004289 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004291- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004293 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4295 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4296 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4297 will become available only after programming the
4298 memory controller and running certain initialization
4299 sequences.
4300
4301 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4302 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4303 - MPC824X: data cache
4304 - PPC4xx: data cache
4305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004306- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004307
4308 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004309 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4310 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004312 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004313 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4314 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4315 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004316
4317 Note:
4318 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4319 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004320 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4322 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004324- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004326- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004328- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004329
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004330- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004331
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004332- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004334- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004336- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004337 SDRAM timing
4338
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004339- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004340 periodic timer for refresh
4341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004342- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004344- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4345 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4346 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4347 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004348 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4349
4350- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004351 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4352 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004353 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004355- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4356 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004357 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4358 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004360- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004361 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4362 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004364- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004365 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4366 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004368- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004369 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4370 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004372- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4374 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4375 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4376
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004377- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004378 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4379 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4380 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4381 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004383- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4384 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4385 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4386 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4387 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4388 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4389 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4390 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004391 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004392
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004393- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4394 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4395 required.
4396
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004397- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4398 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4399 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4400 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4401 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4402 by coreboot or similar.
4403
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004404- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4405 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4406
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004407- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4408 Chip has SRIO or not
4409
4410- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4411 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4412
4413- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4414 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4415
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004416- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4417 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4418
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004419- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4420 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4421
4422- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4423 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4424
4425- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4426 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4427
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004428- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4429 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4430 a 16 bit bus.
4431 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004432 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004433 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004434 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004435
4436- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4437 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4438 a default value will be used.
4439
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004440- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004441 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4442 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4443
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004444 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4445 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4446
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004447- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004448 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4449 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4450 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004451
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004452- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4453 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4454 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4455 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4456 header files or board specific files.
4457
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004458- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4459 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4460
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004461- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004462 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4463 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004464
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004465- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4466 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4467
4468- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4469 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004470 to the given FEC; i. e.
4471 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004472 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4473
4474 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4475
4476- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4477 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4478 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4479
4480- CONFIG_RMII
4481 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4482 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4483 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4484
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004485- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4486 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4487 The syntax is:
4488
4489 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4490
4491 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4492 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4493 area should have.
4494
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004495- CONFIG_LOOPW
4496 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004497 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004498
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004499- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4500 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4501 "md/mw" commands.
4502 Examples:
4503
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004504 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004505 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4506
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004507 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004508 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4509
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004510 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004511 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004512
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004513- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004514 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004515 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4516 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4517 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004518
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004519 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4520 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4521 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4522 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004523
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004524- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004525 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4526 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4527 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004528
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004529- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4530 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4531 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4532 It is loaded by the SPL.
4533
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004534- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4535 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4536 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4537 previous 4k of the .text section.
4538
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004539- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4540 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4541 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4542 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4543 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4544 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4545 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4546 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4547
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004548- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4549 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4550 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4551 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4552 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4553
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004554- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4555 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4556 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004557
Mark Jackson52b003c2013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004558- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4559 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4560
4561 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004562
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004563- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4564 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4565
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004566- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4567 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4568 driver that uses this:
4569 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4570
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004571Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4572-----------------------------------
4573
4574The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4575loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4576This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4577are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4578within that device.
4579
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004580- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4581 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4582 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4583 is also specified.
4584
4585- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4586 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004587 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4588 is also specified.
4589
4590- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4591 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4592 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4593 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4594 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4595
4596- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4597 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4598 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4599 virtual address in NOR flash.
4600
4601- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4602 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4603 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4604
4605- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4606 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4607 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4608
4609- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4610 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4611 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4612
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004613- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4614 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4615 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004616 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4617 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4618 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004619
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620Building the Software:
4621======================
4622
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004623Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4624and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4625all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4626(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4627recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4628which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004630If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4631have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4632you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4633Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4634necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004636 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4637 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004638
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004639Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4640 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4641 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4642 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4643
4644 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4645
4646 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4647 be executed on computers running Windows.
4648
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004649U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4650sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651is done by typing:
4652
4653 make NAME_config
4654
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004655where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004656rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004657
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4659 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4660 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4661 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004662 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664 make TQM823L_config
4665 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004666
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004667 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4668 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004669
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004670 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004671
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4674images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4677- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4678- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004679
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004680By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4681in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4682this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4683
46841. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4685
4686 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4687 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4688 make O=/tmp/build all
4689
46902. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4691
4692 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4693 make distclean
4694 make NAME_config
4695 make all
4696
4697Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4698variable.
4699
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4702for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4703native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004704
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4707to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4708steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004709
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047101. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004711 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4712 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047132. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4714 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4715 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
47163. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4717 your board
47183. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4719 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
47204. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
47215. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4722 to be installed on your target system.
47236. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4724 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4728==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004730If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4731or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4733the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004734official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004736But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4737cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4739just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004740for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4741select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4742environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4743you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004751When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4752U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4753setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4754built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4755<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4756location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4757variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004758
4759 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4760 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4761 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4762
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004763With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4764log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4765during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004766
4767
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771Monitor Commands - Overview:
4772============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774go - start application at address 'addr'
4775run - run commands in an environment variable
4776bootm - boot application image from memory
4777bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004778bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4780 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4781 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004782tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004783rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4784diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4785loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4786loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4787md - memory display
4788mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4789nm - memory modify (constant address)
4790mw - memory write (fill)
4791cp - memory copy
4792cmp - memory compare
4793crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004794i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795sspi - SPI utility commands
4796base - print or set address offset
4797printenv- print environment variables
4798setenv - set environment variables
4799saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4800protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4801erase - erase FLASH memory
4802flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004803nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4805iminfo - print header information for application image
4806coninfo - print console devices and informations
4807ide - IDE sub-system
4808loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004809loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004810mtest - simple RAM test
4811icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4812dcache - enable or disable data cache
4813reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4814echo - echo args to console
4815version - print monitor version
4816help - print online help
4817? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4821========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004824
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
4827
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828Environment Variables:
4829======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004831U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4832can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004833
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4835"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4836without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4837environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4838working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4839environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004841Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4842
4843List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004844
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004848
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004849 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004852
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004853 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004854
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004855 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4856 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4857 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4858 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4859 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4860 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004861 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4862 bootm_mapsize.
4863
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004864 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004865 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4866 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4867 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4868 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4869 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4870 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004871
4872 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4873 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4874 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4875 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4876 environment variable.
4877
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004878 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4879 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4880 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4881
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004882 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4883 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4884 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4885 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4888 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4889 be automatically started (by internally calling
4890 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004891
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004892 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4893 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4894 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4895 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4896 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004898 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4899 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004900 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4901 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4902 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4903 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4904 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4905 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4906 access it during the boot procedure.
4907
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004908 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4909 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4910 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4911 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4912 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4913 must be accessible by the kernel.
4914
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004915 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4916 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4917 defined.
4918
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004919 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4920 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4921 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4922 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4923 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4924
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4926 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4927 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4928 is usually what you want since it allows for
4929 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4930 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004931 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4933 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4934 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4935 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4938 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4939 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4940 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4941 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4942 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004943
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004945
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004946 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4947 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4948 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4949 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4950 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4951 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4952 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004953
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4957 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004958
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004959 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004962
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004964
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004966
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004969 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004971 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4972 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004974 => setenv ethact FEC
4975 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4976 => setenv ethact SCC
4977 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004978
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004979 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4980 available network interfaces.
4981 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4982
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004983 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4985 When set to "once" the network operation will
4986 fail when all the available network interfaces
4987 are tried once without success.
4988 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4989 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004991 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004992
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004993 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4994 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4995 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4996 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4997 is silent.
4998
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004999 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005000 UDP source port.
5001
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005002 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5003 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5004
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005005 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5006 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5007
5008 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5009 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5010 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5011 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5012 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5013 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5014 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5015
5016 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005017 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005019
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005020The following image location variables contain the location of images
5021used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5022not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5023variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5024server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5025loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5026flash or offset in NAND flash.
5027
5028*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5029boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5030boards use these variables for other purposes.
5031
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005032Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5033----- --------- ----------- --------------
5034u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5035Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5036device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5037ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005038
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5040updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5041depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005042
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043 bootfile - see above
5044 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5045 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5046 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5047 hostname - Target hostname
5048 ipaddr - see above
5049 netmask - Subnet Mask
5050 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5051 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005052
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005053
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005055
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5057 as type string and/or serial number
5058 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005059
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5061the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5062once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005063
5064
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5068 with the "version" command. This variable is
5069 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5073only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005074
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005075
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005076Callback functions for environment variables:
5077---------------------------------------------
5078
5079For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5080when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5081be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5082deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5083effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5084
5085The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5086U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5087
5088These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5089static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5090in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5091associations. The list must be in the following format:
5092
5093 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5094 list = entry[,list]
5095
5096If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5097Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5098
5099Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5100with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5101override any association in the static list. You can define
5102CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5103".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5104
5105
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106Command Line Parsing:
5107=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005108
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5110the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112Old, simple command line parser:
5113--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005115- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5116- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005117- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5119 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005120 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5122 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124Hush shell:
5125-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005126
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5128 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5129 until...do...done, ...
5130- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5131 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5132 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5133 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005134
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005135General rules:
5136--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005137
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5139 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5140 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5141 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005142
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005144 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005145 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5146 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005147
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5149=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005150
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005151Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5153"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005154
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005155Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5156MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5157"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005158
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5160in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5161ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5162variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005163
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5165 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005166
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5168 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5169 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5172 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5175 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5176 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5179 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005180
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005181If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005182will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005183may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5184The naming convention is as follows:
5185"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187Image Formats:
5188==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005190U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5191images in two formats:
5192
5193New uImage format (FIT)
5194-----------------------
5195
5196Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5197to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5198components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5199SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5200
5201
5202Old uImage format
5203-----------------
5204
5205Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5206preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5207details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5210 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005211 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5212 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5213 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005214* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005215 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5216 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005217* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5218* Load Address
5219* Entry Point
5220* Image Name
5221* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5224and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5225CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005227
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005228Linux Support:
5229==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005230
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5232easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5233U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005234
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5236special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5237"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5238instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5239serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005240
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5242 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5243 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5246 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005247
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005248- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5249 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5250 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5251 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5252 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5253 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005254
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005255
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005256Linux HOWTO:
5257============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5260---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005261
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5263configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5264(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5265Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005267But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005268
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005269Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5270include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005271Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5272and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005273as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276Configuring the Linux kernel:
5277-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5280device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005282
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005283Building a Linux Image:
5284-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5287not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5288"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5289U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5290which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5291100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005292
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005293Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295 make TQM850L_config
5296 make oldconfig
5297 make dep
5298 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005299
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005300The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5301encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5302CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005303
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005304* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005305
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005306* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005307
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5309 -R .note -R .comment \
5310 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005311
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005313
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005314 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005315
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005317
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5319 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5320 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005323The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5324with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5325combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5326byte header containing information about target architecture,
5327operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5328stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005329
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005330"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5331print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005332
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005333In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5334contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5335checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005336
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005337 tools/mkimage -l image
5338 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005339
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5341from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005342
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5344 -n name -d data_file image
5345 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5346 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5347 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5348 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5349 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5350 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5351 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5352 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005353
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005354Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5355address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5356kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005357
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5359- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005361So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005362
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005363 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5364 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005365 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5367 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5368 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5369 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5370 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5371 Load Address: 0x00000000
5372 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005373
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005375
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005376 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5377 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5378 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5379 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5380 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5381 Load Address: 0x00000000
5382 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5385speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5386needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5387need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005388
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005389 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005390 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5391 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005392 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5394 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5395 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5396 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5397 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5398 Load Address: 0x00000000
5399 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005400
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005401
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005402Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5403when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005404
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005405 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5406 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5407 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5408 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5409 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5410 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5411 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5412 Load Address: 0x00000000
5413 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005414
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005415The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5416option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5417option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5418from the image:
5419
5420 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5421 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5422 indexed by 'position'
5423
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425Installing a Linux Image:
5426-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005427
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5429you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005430
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005432
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005433The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5434image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5435address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5436specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5437command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005438
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005439Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5440TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005441
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005443
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005444 .......... done
5445 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005446
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005447 => loads 40100000
5448 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5449 ~>examples/image.srec
5450 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5451 ...
5452 15989 15990 15991 15992
5453 [file transfer complete]
5454 [connected]
5455 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005456
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005457
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005458You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005459this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005460corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005461
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005462 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005464 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5465 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5466 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5467 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5468 Load Address: 00000000
5469 Entry Point: 0000000c
5470 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005471
5472
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005473Boot Linux:
5474-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005475
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005476The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5477memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5478of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5479parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5480"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005481
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005482
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005483 => printenv bootargs
5484 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005485
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005487
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005488 => printenv bootargs
5489 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005490
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005491 => bootm 40020000
5492 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5493 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5494 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5495 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5496 Load Address: 00000000
5497 Entry Point: 0000000c
5498 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5499 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5500 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5501 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5502 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5503 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5504 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5505 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005506
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005507If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005508the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5509format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005510
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005511 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005512
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5514 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5515 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5516 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5517 Load Address: 00000000
5518 Entry Point: 0000000c
5519 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005520
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5522 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5523 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5524 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5525 Load Address: 00000000
5526 Entry Point: 00000000
5527 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005528
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005529 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5530 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5531 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5532 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5533 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5534 Load Address: 00000000
5535 Entry Point: 0000000c
5536 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5537 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5538 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5539 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5540 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5541 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5542 Load Address: 00000000
5543 Entry Point: 00000000
5544 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5545 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5546 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5547 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5548 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5549 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5550 ...
5551 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5552 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005553
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005554 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005556Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5557-----------
5558
5559First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5560titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5561following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5562flat device tree:
5563
5564=> print oftaddr
5565oftaddr=0x300000
5566=> print oft
5567oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5568=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5569Speed: 1000, full duplex
5570Using TSEC0 device
5571TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5572Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5573Load address: 0x300000
5574Loading: #
5575done
5576Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5577=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5578Speed: 1000, full duplex
5579Using TSEC0 device
5580TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5581Filename 'uImage'.
5582Load address: 0x200000
5583Loading:############
5584done
5585Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5586=> print loadaddr
5587loadaddr=200000
5588=> print oftaddr
5589oftaddr=0x300000
5590=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5591## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005592 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5593 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5594 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005595 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005596 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005597 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5598 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5599Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5600Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5601Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5602[snip]
5603
5604
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605More About U-Boot Image Types:
5606------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005607
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005609
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5611 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5612 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5613 the Standalone Program.
5614 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5615 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5616 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5617 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5618 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5619 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5620 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5621 being started.
5622 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5623 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5624 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5625 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5626 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5627 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005628
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005629 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5630 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5631 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5632 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5633 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5634 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005635
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5637 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5638 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005639
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5641 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5642 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5643 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005644
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005645Booting the Linux zImage:
5646-------------------------
5647
5648On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5649using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5650as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5651
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005652Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005653kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5654address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5655format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5656
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005657
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658Standalone HOWTO:
5659=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005660
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5662run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5663U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005664
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005665Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005666
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005667"Hello World" Demo:
5668-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005669
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5671application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5672It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5673like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005674
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675 => loads
5676 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5677 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5678 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5679 [file transfer complete]
5680 [connected]
5681 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005682
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005683 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5684 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5685 Hello World
5686 argc = 7
5687 argv[0] = "40004"
5688 argv[1] = "Hello"
5689 argv[2] = "World!"
5690 argv[3] = "This"
5691 argv[4] = "is"
5692 argv[5] = "a"
5693 argv[6] = "test."
5694 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5695 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005696
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005697 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005698
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5700handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5701Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5702The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5703character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5704controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5707 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5708 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5709 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005710
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005711 => loads
5712 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5713 ~>examples/timer.srec
5714 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5715 [file transfer complete]
5716 [connected]
5717 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005718
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005719 => go 40004
5720 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5721 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5722 Using timer 1
5723 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005724
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005725Hit 'b':
5726 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5727 Enabling timer
5728Hit '?':
5729 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5730 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5731Hit '?':
5732 [q, b, e, ?] .
5733 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5734Hit '?':
5735 [q, b, e, ?] .
5736 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5737Hit '?':
5738 [q, b, e, ?] .
5739 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5740Hit 'e':
5741 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5742Hit 'q':
5743 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005745
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746Minicom warning:
5747================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5750"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5751consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5752Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5753especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005754use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5755http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5756for help with kermit.
5757
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5760configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005761
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5763 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5764 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005765
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005766
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005767NetBSD Notes:
5768=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5771(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005772
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005773Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5774NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5775need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5776Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5777attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5778missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005779
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5781 # mkdir powerpc
5782 # ln -s powerpc machine
5783 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5784 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005785
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5787and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005788
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005789Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5790stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5791proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5792tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005793meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005794
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005795
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005796Implementation Internals:
5797=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005798
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5800implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5801inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5802hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005803
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005804
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005805Initial Stack, Global Data:
5806---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005807
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005808The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5809starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5810system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5811This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5812is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5813at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5814options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5815models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5816MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5817locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005818
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005819 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005820 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005821
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005822 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5823 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5824 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5825 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5828 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5829 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5830 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5831 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005832 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005833 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5834 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005835
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005836 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5837 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005838 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005839 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5840 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5841 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5842 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005844 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005845 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5846 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005847 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005848 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5849 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5850 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5851 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5852 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005853
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005854 -Chris Hallinan
5855 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005856
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005857It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5858code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005859
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5861 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005862
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005863* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005864 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5865 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005866
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005867* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5868 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005869
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005870Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5871normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5872turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5873simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5874functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5875functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5876the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5877place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5878reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005879
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005880When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5881relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5882GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005883
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005884For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5885 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005886 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005887 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5888 R5-R10: parameter passing
5889 R13: small data area pointer
5890 R30: GOT pointer
5891 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005892
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005893 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5894 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5895 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005896
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005897 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005898
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5900 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5901 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5902 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5903 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5904 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005905
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005906On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005907 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5908
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005909 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005910
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005912
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913 R0: function argument word/integer result
5914 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005915 R9: platform specific
5916 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005917 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5918 R12: temporary workspace
5919 R13: stack pointer
5920 R14: link register
5921 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005922
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005923 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5924
5925 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005926
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005927On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5928 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5929
5930 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5931
5932 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5933 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5934
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005935On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5936
5937 R0-R1: argument/return
5938 R2-R5: argument
5939 R15: temporary register for assembler
5940 R16: trampoline register
5941 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5942 R29: global pointer (GP)
5943 R30: link register (LP)
5944 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5945 PC: program counter (PC)
5946
5947 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5948
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005949NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5950or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005951
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005952Memory Management:
5953------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5956MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005957
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005958The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5959controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5960memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5961physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005962
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005963U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5964TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5965booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5966to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005967memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005968configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5969Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005970
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005971Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5972of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5975this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005976
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005977 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5978 :
5979 0x0000 1FFF
5980 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5981 :
5982 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005984 :
5985 :
5986 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5987 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5988 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5989 :
5990 0x00FD FFFF
5991 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5992 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5993 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5994 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005995
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005996
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005997System Initialization:
5998----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005999
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006000In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006001(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006002configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6003To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6004To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6005initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6006which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6007part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6008the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006009
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006010Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6011preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6012(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6013on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6014programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6015simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6016banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006017
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006018When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6019different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6020bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
60210x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6022contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006023
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006024Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6025and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6026Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6027pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006028
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006029Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6030until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6031running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6032new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006033
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006034
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006035U-Boot Porting Guide:
6036----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006037
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006038[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6039list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006041
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006042int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006043{
6044 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006045
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006046 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6047 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006048
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006049 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006050 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006051 return 0;
6052 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006053
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006054 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00006055
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006056 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006057
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006058 if (clueless)
6059 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006060
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006061 while (learning) {
6062 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006063 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6064 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006065 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006066 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006067 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006068
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006069 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6070 Buy a BDI3000;
6071 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006072 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006073
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006074 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6075 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6076 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6077 } else {
6078 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6079 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6080 }
6081 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6082 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006083
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006084 while (!accepted) {
6085 while (!running) {
6086 do {
6087 Add / modify source code;
6088 } until (compiles);
6089 Debug;
6090 if (clueless)
6091 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6092 }
6093 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6094 if (reasonable critiques)
6095 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6096 else
6097 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00006098 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006099
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006100 return 0;
6101}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006102
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006103void no_more_time (int sig)
6104{
6105 hire_a_guru();
6106}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006107
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006108
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006109Coding Standards:
6110-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006111
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006112All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006113coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006114"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006115
6116Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6117MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6118reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6119sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006120
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006121Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6122Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6123in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00006124
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006125Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6126- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006127- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006128- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006129- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006130- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006131
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006132Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6133with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006134
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006135
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006136Submitting Patches:
6137-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006138
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006139Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6140establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6141may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006142
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006143Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006144
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006145Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6146see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6147
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006148When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6149it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006150
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006151* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6152 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6153 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006154
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006155* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6156 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006157
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006158* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006159
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006160* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006161
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006162* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6163 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006164
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006165* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6166 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006167
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006168* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6169 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006170 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006171 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6172 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00006173
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006174 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6175 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6176 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006177
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006178 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6179 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6180 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6181 affected files).
6182
6183 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6184 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006185
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006186* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6187 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00006188
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006189* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6190 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006191
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006192
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006193Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006194
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006195* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6196 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6197 for any of the boards.
6198
6199* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6200 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6201 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006202
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006203* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6204 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6205 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6206 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6207 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6208 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006209
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006210* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6211 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6212 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6213 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.